]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
dc5c8acdff483052d289b66e3ae64b8df5a9af58
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 235:
4
5 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
6 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
7 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
8 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
9 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
10 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
11 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
12 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
13
14 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
15 which print the logging level and target of the system manager,
16 respectively. They complement the existing "set-log-level" and
17 "set-log-target" verbs, which can be used to change those values.
18
19 * systemd-networkd .network DHCP setting UseMTU default has changed
20 from false to true. Meaning, DHCP server advertised MTU setting is
21 now applied by default. This resolves networking issues on low-mtu
22 networks.
23
24 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
25 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
26 systemd-journald and not be included in the logs. It also gained a
27 new setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length to allow
28 when converting STDOUT/STDERR log streams into individual log
29 records. The new default for this value is 48K, up from the previous
30 hardcoded 4K.
31
32 * A new setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= for units has been added,
33 which allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime
34 directory configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below
35 /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
36
37 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
38 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
39 one top-level directory.
40
41 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
42 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
43 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
44 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of this it is
45 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
46 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
47 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
48 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
49 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
50 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
51 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
52 directories.
53
54 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
55 Meson-only.
56
57 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
58 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
59 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
60 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
61 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
62 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
63 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
64 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
65 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
66 acceptable to us.
67
68 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
69 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
70 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
71 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
72 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
73 requested at build time.
74
75 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
76 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
77 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
78 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
79 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
80 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
81 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
82 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
83 Type= setting which permits configuring
84 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
85
86 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
87 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
88 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
89 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
90 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
91 local frames between bridge ports.
92
93 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
94 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
95 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
96
97 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
98 and RDNSSL records for supplying DNS configuration to peers.
99
100 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
101 line option for adding/removing entries in the default system call
102 filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
103 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
104
105 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
106 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
107 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
108 binary. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd services
109 (for example to take benefit of dependency management, accounting
110 management, resource management or log management that is done
111 automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
112 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
113
114 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
115 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
116 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
117 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
118 command.)
119
120 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
121 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
122 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
123
124 * New system call filter groups @setuid, @memlock, @signal and
125 @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
126 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
127 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
128
129 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
130 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
131 configured, except for the credentials applied by
132 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
133 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
134 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
135 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
136 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
137 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
138 on systems where this is not supported.
139
140 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
141 sockets.
142
143 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
144 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
145 during runtime.
146
147 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
148 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
149 before, that shall run before these textual logins acquire access to
150 the console.
151
152 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
153 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
154 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
155
156 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
157 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
158 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network coming
159 up. Following this logic, two new special targets
160 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
161 added that are to cryptsetup.target what
162 remote-fs.target/remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
163
164 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
165 unsetting specific environment variables for specific services that
166 are normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
167 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
168
169 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
170 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
171 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
172 --wait".
173
174 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
175 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
176 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
177 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
178 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
179 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
180 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
181 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
182 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
183
184 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new,
185 recognizable log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
186 containing information about the consumed resources of this
187 invocation.
188
189 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
190 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
191 processes.
192
193 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
194 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
195 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
196 operation was enqueued instead of waiting until the operation was
197 completed). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
198 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
199 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
200 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
201 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
202 systems for all five operations.
203
204 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
205 the system.
206
207 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
208 than UTC or the local timezone.
209
210 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
211 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It has been
212 owned by the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally
213 understood that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the
214 utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp databases. Previously this was implemented
215 correctly for all these database excepts btmp, which has been opened
216 up like this now too. Note that while the other databases are
217 world-readable (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
218
219 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
220 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
221 Burchardt, b1tninja, bengal, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
222 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Mack, Daniel Rusek,
223 dasj19, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal
224 Harouni, dkg, dmig, Dmitry Torokhov, ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
225 Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui, g0tar, Hans de Goede, Harald
226 Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
227 Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen, John Lin,
228 jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg Thalheim,
229 Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Michaud, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
230 Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn,
231 Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
232 Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss,
233 Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Russell Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan
234 Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias
235 Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø,
236 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, vliaskov, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
237 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
238
239 — Berlin, 2017-10-XX
240
241 CHANGES WITH 234:
242
243 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
244 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
245 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
246 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
247 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
248 summary:
249
250 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
251
252 becomes:
253
254 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
255
256 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
257 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
258 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
259 .device units.
260
261 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
262 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
263 running a systemd user instance.
264
265 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
266 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
267 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
268 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
269 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
270 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
271
272 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
273
274 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
275 (domain search list).
276
277 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
278 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
279 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
280 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
281 implementation of RA.
282
283 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
284 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
285 ISO date values.
286
287 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
288 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
289 devices.
290
291 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
292 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
293 option.
294
295 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
296 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
297 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
298 default yet.
299
300 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
301 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
302 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
303 SHA256SUMS files.
304
305 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
306 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
307
308 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
309
310 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
311
312 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
313 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
314
315 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
316 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
317 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
318 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
319
320 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
321 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
322 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
323 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
324 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
325 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
326 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
327 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
328 systemd-logind to be safe. See
329 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
330
331 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
332 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
333 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
334 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
335 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
336 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
337
338 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
339 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
340 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
341 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
342 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
343 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
344 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
345 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
346 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
347 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
348 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
349 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
350 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
351 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
352 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
353 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
354 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
355 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
356 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
357 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
358 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
359 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
360 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
361 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
362 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
363 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
364 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
365 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
366 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
367 Георгиевски
368
369 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
370
371 CHANGES WITH 233:
372
373 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
374 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
375 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
376 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
377 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
378 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
379 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
380 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
381 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
382
383 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
384 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
385 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
386 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
387 default selected on the configure command line
388 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
389 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
390 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
391 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
392 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
393 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
394 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
395 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
396 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
397 greatest stability and compatibility only.
398
399 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
400 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
401 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
402 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
403 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
404 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
405 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
406 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
407 further details about this.)
408
409 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
410 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
411 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
412
413 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
414 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
415
416 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
417 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
418 with 'make install-tests'.
419
420 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
421 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
422 kernel.
423
424 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
425 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
426 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
427 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
428 by the Slice= option.
429
430 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
431 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
432 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
433 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
434
435 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
436 following choices:
437
438 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
439 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
440 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
441 (h)elp
442 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
443 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
444 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
445 (y)es, execute the command
446
447 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
448 because its meaning was confusing.
449
450 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
451 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
452
453 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
454 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
455 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
456
457 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
458 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
459 state directly, without executing these commands.
460
461 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
462 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
463 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
464
465 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
466 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
467 combination with After=) have been started.
468
469 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
470 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
471 setting, and which system calls they contain.
472
473 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
474 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
475 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
476 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
477 configuration related calls.
478
479 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
480 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
481 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
482 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
483 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
484 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
485 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
486
487 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
488 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
489
490 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
491 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
492 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
493
494 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
495 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
496
497 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
498 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
499 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
500 for compatibility.
501
502 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
503 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
504
505 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
506 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
507
508 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
509 support for negative matching.
510
511 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
512
513 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
514 permitted runtime of the mount command.
515
516 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
517 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
518 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
519 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
520 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
521 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
522 removed from the drive.
523
524 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
525 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
526
527 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
528 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
529
530 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
531 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
532 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
533
534 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
535 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
536 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
537 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
538 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
539 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
540 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
541
542 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
543 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
544 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
545 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
546 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
547 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
548
549 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
550 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
551
552 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
553 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
554 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
555 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
556 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
557 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
558 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
559 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
560
561 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
562 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
563 including all control processes.
564
565 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
566 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
567 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
568
569 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
570 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
571 prefixing the source path with "+".
572
573 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
574 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
575 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
576 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
577 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
578 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
579 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
580 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
581
582 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
583 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
584 before).
585
586 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
587 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
588 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
589 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
590 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
591 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
592 the new --root-hash= command line option).
593
594 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
595 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
596 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
597 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
598 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
599 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
600 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
601 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
602 versions.
603
604 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
605 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
606 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
607 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
608 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
609 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
610 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
611 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
612 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
613 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
614 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
615 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
616 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
617 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
618 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
619 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
620 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
621 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
622 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
623 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
624 a Verity-enabled root partition.
625
626 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
627 accelerometer quirks.
628
629 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
630 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
631 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
632 ID of each service.
633
634 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
635 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
636 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
637 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
638 view.
639
640 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
641 environment variables:
642
643 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
644
645 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
646 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
647 address.
648
649 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
650 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
651 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
652
653 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
654 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
655 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
656 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
657 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
658 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
659 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
660 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
661 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
662 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
663 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
664 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
665 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
666
667 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
668 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
669 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
670
671 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
672 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
673
674 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
675 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
676 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
677 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
678 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
679
680 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
681 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
682 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
683
684 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
685 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
686
687 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
688 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
689 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
690 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
691
692 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
693 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
694 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
695 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
696 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
697 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
698 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
699 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
700 possibly even including full integrity data.
701
702 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
703 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
704 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
705 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
706 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
707
708 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
709 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
710 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
711 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
712 directly with systemd-nspawn.
713
714 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
715 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
716 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
717 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
718
719 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
720 of coredumps in reverse order.
721
722 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
723 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
724 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
725 additional informational message in its output.
726
727 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
728 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
729 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
730
731 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
732 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
733 scripting languages such as Python.
734
735 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
736 namespacing is enabled for them.
737
738 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
739 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
740 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
741 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
742 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
743 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
744
745 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
746 root key (KSK).
747
748 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
749 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
750 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
751
752 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
753 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
754 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
755 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
756 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
757 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
758 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
759 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
760 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
761 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
762 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
763 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
764 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
765 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
766 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
767 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
768 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
769 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
770 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
771 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
772 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
773 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
774 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
775 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
776 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
777 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
778 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
779 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
780 Тихонов
781
782 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
783
784 CHANGES WITH 232:
785
786 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
787 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
788 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
789 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
790 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
791 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
792
793 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
794 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
795
796 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
797 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
798 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
799
800 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
801 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
802 to be remounted read-only for a service.
803
804 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
805 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
806 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
807 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
808
809 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
810 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
811
812 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
813 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
814 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
815
816 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
817 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
818 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
819 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
820 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
821 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
822 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
823 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
824 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
825 permanent modifications to the system.
826
827 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
828 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
829 container or chroot environments.
830
831 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
832 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
833 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
834 mapped to nobody.
835
836 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
837 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
838 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
839 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
840
841 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
842 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
843
844 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
845 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
846 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
847 and the support is provisional.
848
849 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
850 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
851 unit files in the file system).
852
853 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
854 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
855 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
856 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
857 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
858 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
859 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
860 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
861 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
862 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
863 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
864 state is fixed automatically.
865
866 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
867 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
868 option.
869
870 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
871 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
872 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
873 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
874 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
875 else.
876
877 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
878 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
879 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
880 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
881 bootable on physical systems.
882
883 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
884
885 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
886 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
887 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
888 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
889 used.
890
891 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
892 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
893 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
894 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
895
896 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
897
898 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
899 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
900 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
901 of the container).
902
903 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
904 files from the specified location.
905
906 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
907 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
908 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
909 be active.
910
911 * The hardware database has been extended to support
912 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
913 trackball devices.
914
915 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
916 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
917 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
918
919 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
920 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
921 specified service binary exited.)
922
923 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
924 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
925
926 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
927 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
928 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
929 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
930 --since= and --until= options.
931
932 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
933 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
934 are automatically propagated to the container.
935
936 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
937 from a single IP address can be limited with
938 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
939 MaxConnections=.
940
941 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
942 configuration.
943
944 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
945 drop-ins.
946
947 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
948 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
949 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
950 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
951 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
952 [Link] section of .link files.
953
954 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
955 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
956 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
957 section of .netdev files.
958
959 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
960 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
961 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
962
963 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
964 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
965 .network files.
966
967 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
968 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
969 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
970 service runtime cycle.
971
972 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
973 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
974 has been traditionally doing.
975
976 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
977 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
978 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
979 prevent any later plugins from running.
980
981 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
982 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
983 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
984 default of SplitMode=uid.
985
986 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
987 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
988 useful.
989
990 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
991 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
992 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
993 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
994 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
995 individual namespaces.
996
997 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
998 the output, as well as OS release information.
999
1000 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
1001
1002 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1003 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1004 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1005 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1006 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1007
1008 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
1009 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
1010 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1011 severed.
1012
1013 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1014 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1015 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1016 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1017 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
1018 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
1019 information about exit statuses and results.
1020
1021 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
1022 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1023 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1024 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1025 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1026 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1027
1028 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1029
1030 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1031 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1032 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1033 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1034 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1035 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1036 entirely.
1037
1038 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1039 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1040 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1041
1042 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1043 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1044 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1045 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1046 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1047 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1048 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1049 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1050 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1051 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1052 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1053 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1054 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1055 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1056 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1057 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1058 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1059
1060 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1061 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1062 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1063 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1064
1065 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1066 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1067 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1068 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1069
1070 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1071 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1072 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1073 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1074 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1075 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1076 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1077 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1078 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1079 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1080 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1081 fragment entirely.)
1082
1083 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1084 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1085 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1086
1087 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1088 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1089 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1090 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1091
1092 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1093 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1094 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1095 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1096 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1097 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1098
1099 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1100 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1101
1102 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1103 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1104
1105 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1106 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1107 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1108 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1109 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1110
1111 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1112 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1113 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1114 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1115 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1116 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1117 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1118 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1119 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1120 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1121 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1122 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1123 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1124 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1125 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1126 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1127 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1128 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1129 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1130 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1131 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1132 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1133 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1134 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1135 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1136 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1137
1138 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
1139
1140 CHANGES WITH 231:
1141
1142 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1143 with an additional special character as first argument of the
1144 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
1145 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1146 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1147 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1148 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1149 independently.
1150
1151 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1152 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1153
1154 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1155 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1156 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1157 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
1158 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
1159 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1160 values.
1161
1162 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1163 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1164 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1165 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1166 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1167
1168 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1169 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1170 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1171 7:10am every day.
1172
1173 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1174 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1175 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1176 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1177 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1178 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1179 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1180 available for compatibility.
1181
1182 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1183 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1184 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1185 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1186 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1187 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1188
1189 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1190 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1191 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1192 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1193 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1194 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1195 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1196 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1197 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1198
1199 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1200 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1201 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1202 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
1203 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1204 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1205 desired options.
1206
1207 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1208 cgroupsv2.
1209
1210 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1211 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1212 limited to subgroups of that group.
1213
1214 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1215 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1216 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
1217 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
1218 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1219 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1220 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1221 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1222
1223 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1224 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1225 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1226 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1227 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1228 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1229 own long-running services.
1230
1231 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1232 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1233 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1234 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1235
1236 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1237 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1238 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1239 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1240 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1241 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1242 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1243 primitives.
1244
1245 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1246 "terminate".
1247
1248 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1249 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1250
1251 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1252 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1253 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1254 --flush-caches".
1255
1256 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1257 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1258 is shown.
1259
1260 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1261 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1262 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1263 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1264 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1265 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1266
1267 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1268 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1269 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1270 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1271 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1272 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1273 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1274 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1275 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1276 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1277 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1278 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1279 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1280 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1281 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1282 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1283 bus API instead.
1284
1285 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1286 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1287 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1288 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1289
1290 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1291 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1292 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1293 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1294
1295 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1296 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1297 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1298
1299 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1300 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1301
1302 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1303 interface configuration.
1304
1305 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1306 specifying the --force switch.
1307
1308 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1309 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1310 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1311
1312 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1313 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1314 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1315 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1316 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1317 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1318 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1319 to be handled.
1320
1321 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1322 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1323
1324 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1325 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1326
1327 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1328 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1329 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1330
1331 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1332 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1333
1334 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1335 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1336 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1337 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1338 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1339 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1340 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1341 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1342 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1343 library.
1344
1345 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1346 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1347 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1348 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1349 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1350 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1351 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1352 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1353 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1354 HACKING for details.
1355
1356 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1357 distribution's bugtracker.
1358
1359 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1360 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1361 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1362 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1363 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1364 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1365 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1366 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1367 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1368 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1369 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1370 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1371 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1372 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1373 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1374 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1375 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1376 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1377 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1378
1379 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1380
1381 CHANGES WITH 230:
1382
1383 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1384 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1385 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1386 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1387 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1388 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1389 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1390 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1391 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1392 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1393 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1394 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1395 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1396 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1397 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1398 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1399 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1400 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1401 applications.)
1402
1403 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1404 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1405 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1406
1407 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1408 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1409 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1410 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1411 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1412 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1413 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1414
1415 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1416 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1417 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1418 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1419 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1420 command works for tmux.
1421
1422 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1423 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1424 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1425 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1426 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1427 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1428
1429 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1430 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1431
1432 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1433 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1434 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1435
1436 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1437
1438 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1439 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1440 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1441 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1442 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1443
1444 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1445 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1446 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1447 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1448
1449 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1450 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1451 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1452 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1453 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1454 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1455
1456 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1457 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1458 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1459
1460 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1461 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1462 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1463 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1464 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1465 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1466
1467 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1468 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1469 address.
1470
1471 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1472 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1473 should be emitted.
1474
1475 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1476 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1477 supported.
1478
1479 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1480 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1481 logging performance.
1482
1483 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1484 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1485 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1486 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1487 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1488 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1489
1490 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1491 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1492 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1493 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1494
1495 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1496 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1497
1498 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1499 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1500 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1501
1502 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1503
1504 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1505 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1506 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1507 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1508
1509 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1510 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1511 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1512 refuse to operate on such files.
1513
1514 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1515 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1516 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1517
1518 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1519 just hidden container images.
1520
1521 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1522 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1523
1524 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1525 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1526 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1527 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1528 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1529 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1530 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1531 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1532 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1533 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1534 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1535
1536 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1537 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1538 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1539 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1540 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1541 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1542 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1543 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1544 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1545 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1546 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1547 terminates.
1548
1549 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1550 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1551 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1552 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1553
1554 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1555 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1556 rate of the socket unit.
1557
1558 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1559 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1560 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1561 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1562 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1563
1564 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1565 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1566 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1567 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1568 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1569 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1570 with this.
1571
1572 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1573 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1574
1575 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1576 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1577
1578 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1579 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1580 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1581 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1582 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1583
1584 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1585 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1586 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1587
1588 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1589 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1590 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1591 target is now included in early userspace.
1592
1593 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1594 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1595 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1596 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1597 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1598 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1599 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1600 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1601 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1602 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1603 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1604 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1605 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1606 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1607 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1608 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1609 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1610 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1611 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1612 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1613 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1614 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1615 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1616 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1617 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1618 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1619
1620 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1621
1622 CHANGES WITH 229:
1623
1624 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1625 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1626 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1627 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1628 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1629 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1630 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1631 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1632 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1633 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1634 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1635 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1636 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1637
1638 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1639 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1640 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1641 /usr/bin.
1642
1643 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1644 devices.
1645
1646 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1647 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1648 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1649 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1650 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1651 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1652 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1653 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1654 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1655 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1656 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1657 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1658 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1659 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1660 this limit.
1661
1662 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1663 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1664 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1665 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1666 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1667 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1668 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1669 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1670
1671 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1672 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1673 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1674 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1675 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1676 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1677 and group at package installation time.
1678
1679 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1680 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1681 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1682 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1683 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1684
1685 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1686 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1687 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1688 supports it.
1689
1690 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1691 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1692
1693 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1694 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1695 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1696 file is already initialized.
1697
1698 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1699 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1700 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1701 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1702 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1703 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1704 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1705 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1706 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1707
1708 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1709 working directory for the process started in the container.
1710
1711 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1712 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1713 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1714 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1715 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1716
1717 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1718 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1719 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1720
1721 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1722 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1723 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1724 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1725
1726 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1727 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1728 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1729 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1730 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1731
1732 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1733 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1734 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1735 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1736
1737 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1738 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1739 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1740 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1741 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1742 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1743 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1744 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1745 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1746 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1747 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1748 by PID 1.
1749
1750 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1751 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1752 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1753 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1754 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1755 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1756 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1757 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1758
1759 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1760
1761 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
1762 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
1763 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1764
1765 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1766 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1767 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
1768 recent kernels.
1769
1770 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1771 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1772
1773 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
1774 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1775 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1776 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1777 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1778 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1779 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1780 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1781 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1782 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
1783 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
1784 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1785 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
1786
1787 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
1788 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1789 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1790 clusters or larger setups.
1791
1792 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1793
1794 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1795 sockets.
1796
1797 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1798
1799 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1800 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1801 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1802 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1803 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1804 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1805
1806 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1807 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1808 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1809
1810 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1811 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
1812 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1813 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
1814
1815 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
1816
1817 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1818 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1819 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1820 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1821 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1822 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1823 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1824 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1825 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1826 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1827 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1828 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1829 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1830 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1831 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1832 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1833 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1834 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1835 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1836
1837 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
1838
1839 CHANGES WITH 228:
1840
1841 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1842 files are now also available as properties to set when
1843 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1844 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1845 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1846 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1847 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1848 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1849 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1850
1851 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1852 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1853 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
1854
1855 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1856 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1857 created transiently.
1858
1859 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1860 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1861 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1862 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1863 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
1864 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
1865 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1866 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1867
1868 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1869 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1870 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1871
1872 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1873 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1874 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1875 enabled.
1876
1877 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1878 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1879 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1880 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1881 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1882 subvolumes.
1883
1884 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1885 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1886
1887 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
1888 individual indexes.
1889
1890 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1891 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1892 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1893 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1894 suffixes now.
1895
1896 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1897 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1898 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1899 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1900 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1901 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1902 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1903 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1904 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1905 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1906 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1907 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1908 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1909 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1910 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1911 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1912 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1913 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1914 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1915 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1916 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1917
1918 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1919 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1920 links between the host and the container.
1921
1922 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1923 added that allows importing select environment variables
1924 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1925 the service.
1926
1927 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
1928 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
1929 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1930 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1931 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1932 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1933 than until they first elapse.
1934
1935 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
1936 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1937 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
1938 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1939 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1940 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1941 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1942 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1943
1944 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1945 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1946 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1947 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1948 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1949 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1950 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
1951 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
1952 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1953 journal and in coredump handling.
1954
1955 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1956 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1957 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
1958 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
1959 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1960 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1961 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1962 software you package still references it, as this is a
1963 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1964 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1965
1966 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
1967
1968 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1969 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1970
1971 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1972 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1973 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1974
1975 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1976 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1977 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1978 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1979 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1980 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1981 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1982 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1983 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1984 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1985 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1986 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1987 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1988 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1989 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1990 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1991
1992 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1993 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1994 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1995 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1996 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1997 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1998 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1999 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
2000 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
2001 surprises.
2002
2003 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2004 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2005 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2006 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2007 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2008 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2009 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2010 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
2011 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
2012 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
2013 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
2014 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
2015 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
2016 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
2017 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
2018 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
2019 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
2020 of PID 1 is the root user).
2021
2022 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2023 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2024 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2025 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2026 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2027 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2028 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2029 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2030 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2031 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2032 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2033 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2034 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2035 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2036 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2037
2038 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
2039
2040 CHANGES WITH 227:
2041
2042 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2043 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2044 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2045
2046 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2047 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2048 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2049 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2050 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2051 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2052
2053 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2054 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
2055 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2056 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
2057 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
2058
2059 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
2060 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2061 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2062 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2063 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2064 packets on unestablished sockets.
2065
2066 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
2067 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
2068 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2069 automatically.
2070
2071 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2072 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2073 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2074
2075 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2076 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2077 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2078 for disk IO.
2079
2080 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2081 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2082 removed.
2083
2084 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2085 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2086 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2087 configured in User=.
2088
2089 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2090 directory of the selected user by default.
2091
2092 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
2093 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2094 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2095 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2096 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2097 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2098 compat reasons.
2099
2100 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
2101 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
2102 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2103 units.
2104
2105 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2106 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2107 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2108 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2109 level.
2110
2111 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2112 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2113 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2114 namespaces work correctly.
2115
2116 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2117 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2118 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
2119 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
2120 activation.
2121
2122 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2123 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2124 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2125 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2126 system instance in a container.
2127
2128 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2129 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2130 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2131 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2132 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2133 connections.
2134
2135 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2136 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2137
2138 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2139 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2140 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2141 processes attached, or similar.
2142
2143 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2144 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2145 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2146
2147 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2148 specifiers like %i or %f.
2149
2150 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
2151 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2152 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2153 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2154
2155 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2156 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
2157 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
2158 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2159 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2160 descriptors using sd_notify().
2161
2162 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2163
2164 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
2165 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
2166
2167 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2168 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2169
2170 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
2171 .network files.
2172
2173 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2174 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2175 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2176 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2177 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2178 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2179 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2180 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2181 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2182 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2183 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2184 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2185 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2186 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2187 gdm-autologin is used.
2188
2189 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2190 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2191 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2192 next to the image file.
2193
2194 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2195 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2196 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2197 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2198
2199 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2200 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2201 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2202 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2203 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2204 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2205
2206 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2207 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2208 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2209 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
2210 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
2211 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2212 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2213 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2214 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2215 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2216 number of files in place.
2217
2218 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2219 on kernels where that is supported.
2220
2221 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
2222
2223 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2224 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2225 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2226 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2227 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2228 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2229 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2230 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2231 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2232 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2233 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2234 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2235 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2236 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2237 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2238 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2239 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2240 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2241
2242 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
2243
2244 CHANGES WITH 226:
2245
2246 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2247 new features:
2248
2249 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2250 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2251 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2252 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2253 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2254 is any) is propagated.
2255
2256 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2257 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2258 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2259 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2260 information is enabled between host and containers by
2261 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2262 to what the host has set.
2263
2264 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2265 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2266
2267 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2268 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2269 information back, even if the server loses state.
2270
2271 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2272 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2273 PoolSize=.
2274
2275 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2276 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2277 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2278 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2279
2280 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2281 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2282 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2283 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2284 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2285
2286 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2287 for virtio devices.
2288
2289 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2290 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2291 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2292 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2293 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2294 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2295 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2296 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2297 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2298 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2299 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2300 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2301 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2302 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2303 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2304 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2305 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2306 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2307 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2308 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2309 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2310 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2311 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2312 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2313 grants them.
2314
2315 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2316 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2317 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2318 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2319 group tree.
2320
2321 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2322 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2323 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2324 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2325 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2326 work correctly in containers now.
2327
2328 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2329 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2330
2331 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2332 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2333 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2334 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2335 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2336
2337 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2338 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2339 signal events.
2340
2341 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2342 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2343 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2344 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2345 on these parameters.
2346
2347 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2348 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2349 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2350 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2351 nspawn command line.
2352
2353 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2354 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2355 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2356 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2357 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2358 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2359 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2360 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2361
2362 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2363
2364 CHANGES WITH 225:
2365
2366 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2367 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2368 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2369 shell directly without prompting for username or
2370 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2371 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2372 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2373 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2374 the originating session.
2375
2376 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2377 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2378
2379 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2380 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2381 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2382 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2383 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2384 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2385 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2386 this release.
2387
2388 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2389 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2390 messages.
2391
2392 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2393 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2394 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2395
2396 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2397 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2398
2399 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2400 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2401 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2402 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2403 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2404 posteriori.
2405
2406 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2407 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2408
2409 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2410 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2411 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2412 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2413 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2414 "lastlog" tools.
2415
2416 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2417 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2418 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2419 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2420 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2421
2422 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2423 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2424 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2425 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2426 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2427 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2428 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2429 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2430 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2431 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2432 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2433 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2434
2435 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2436
2437 CHANGES WITH 224:
2438
2439 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2440 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2441
2442 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2443 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2444 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2445
2446 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2447 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2448 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2449
2450 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2451
2452 CHANGES WITH 223:
2453
2454 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2455 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2456 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2457 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2458
2459 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2460 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2461
2462 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2463 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2464
2465 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2466
2467 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2468 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2469 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2470
2471 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2472 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2473 decapsulated packet.
2474
2475 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2476 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2477 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2478 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2479 netlink attribute.
2480
2481 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2482 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2483 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2484 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2485
2486 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2487 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2488 according to RFC2460.
2489
2490 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2491 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2492
2493 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2494 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2495 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2496
2497 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2498 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2499 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2500 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2501 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2502 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2503
2504 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2505 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2506 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2507 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2508 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2509 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2510 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2511 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2512 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2513 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2514
2515 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2516
2517 CHANGES WITH 222:
2518
2519 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2520 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2521 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2522
2523 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2524 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2525
2526 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2527 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2528 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2529 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2530 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2531
2532 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2533 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2534 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2535
2536 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2537 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2538 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2539 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2540 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2541
2542 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2543
2544 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2545 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2546 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2547 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2548 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2549 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2550 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2551 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2552 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2553 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2554
2555 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2556
2557 CHANGES WITH 221:
2558
2559 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2560 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2561 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2562 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2563 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2564 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2565 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2566 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2567 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2568 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2569 portable to other kernels.
2570
2571 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2572 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2573 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2574 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2575 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2576 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2577 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2578 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2579 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2580 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2581 systemd enabled.
2582
2583 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2584 2.26.
2585
2586 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2587 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2588 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2589 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2590 in README for details.
2591
2592 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2593 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2594 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2595 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2596 unit.
2597
2598 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2599 into man pages.
2600
2601 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2602 external project.
2603
2604 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2605 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2606
2607 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2608 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2609 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2610 state.
2611
2612 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2613 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2614 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2615
2616 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2617 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2618 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2619 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2620 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2621 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2622 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2623 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2624 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2625 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2626 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2627 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2628 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2629 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2630 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2631 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2632
2633 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2634
2635 CHANGES WITH 220:
2636
2637 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2638 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2639 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2640 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2641 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2642 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2643 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2644 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2645
2646 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2647 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2648 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2649 service consumed). This value is only available if
2650 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2651 in the "systemctl status" output.
2652
2653 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2654 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2655 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2656 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2657 previously was already the default behaviour).
2658
2659 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2660 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2661 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2662
2663 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2664 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2665 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2666 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2667
2668 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2669 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2670 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2671 journalling file systems that support external journal
2672 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2673 systems to be mounted.
2674
2675 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2676 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2677 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2678 stable release this should not be problematic.
2679
2680 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2681 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2682 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2683 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2684 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2685
2686 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2687 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2688 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2689 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2690 network switches.
2691
2692 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2693 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2694
2695 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2696 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2697 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2698
2699 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2700
2701 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2702 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2703 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2704 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2705 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2706 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2707 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2708 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2709 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2710 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2711 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2712 been fixed in v220.
2713
2714 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2715 systemd-networkd.
2716
2717 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2718 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2719 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2720 containers started from the command line.
2721
2722 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2723 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2724
2725 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2726 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2727 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2728 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2729
2730 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2731 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2732 when shutting down.
2733
2734 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2735 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2736 overlayfs support.
2737
2738 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2739 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2740 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2741 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2742 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2743 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2744 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2745
2746 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2747 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2748 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2749
2750 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2751 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2752 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2753 of v1 as before).
2754
2755 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2756 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2757
2758 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2759 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2760 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2761 their own sessions without further privileges or
2762 authorization.
2763
2764 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2765 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2766 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2767 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2768 accessible via a bus interface.
2769
2770 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2771 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2772 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2773 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2774 to cover this functionality.
2775
2776 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
2777 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
2778 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2779 disabled/masked also stopped.
2780
2781 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
2782 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2783 updated to support systemd-boot.
2784
2785 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2786 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2787 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2788 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2789 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
2790 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
2791 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2792 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2793 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2794
2795 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2796 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2797 system.
2798
2799 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2800 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2801 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2802 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2803 device symlinks.
2804
2805 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2806 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2807 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2808 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2809
2810 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2811 stick devices has been added.
2812
2813 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2814 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2815
2816 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2817 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2818 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2819 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2820 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2821
2822 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2823 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2824 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2825
2826 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2827 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2828 Debian.
2829
2830 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2831 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2832 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2833
2834 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2835 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2836 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2837 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2838 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2839 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2840 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2841 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2842 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2843 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2844 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2845 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2846 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2847 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2848 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2849 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2850 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2851 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2852 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2853 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2854 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2855 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2856 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2857 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2858 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2859 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2860 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2861
2862 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
2863
2864 CHANGES WITH 219:
2865
2866 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2867 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2868 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2869 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2870 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2871 interface with and update the database.
2872
2873 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2874 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2875 before bytewise copying is done.
2876
2877 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2878 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2879 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2880 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2881 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2882 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2883 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2884 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2885 available on btrfs file systems.
2886
2887 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2888 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
2889 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
2890 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2891 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2892 systems.
2893
2894 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2895 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2896 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2897 mount point remains.
2898
2899 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2900 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2901 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2902 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2903 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2904 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2905 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2906 are disabled.
2907
2908 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2909 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2910 container to the host or vice versa.
2911
2912 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2913 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2914 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2915
2916 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2917 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2918
2919 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2920 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2921 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2922 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2923 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2924 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2925 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2926 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2927 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
2928 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
2929 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2930 make the functionality of importd available to the
2931 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2932 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2933 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2934 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2935 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2936 only fully supported on btrfs.
2937
2938 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2939 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2940 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2941 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2942 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2943 information about images.
2944
2945 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2946 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
2947 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
2948 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2949 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2950 legacy file systems).
2951
2952 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2953 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2954 shown in networkctl output.
2955
2956 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2957 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2958 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2959 processes as system services while interactively
2960 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2961 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2962 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2963 full login session, the difference being that the former
2964 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2965 setup.
2966
2967 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2968 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2969 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2970 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2971 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2972
2973 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2974 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2975 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2976 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2977 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2978 via qemu/kvm.
2979
2980 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2981 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2982 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2983 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2984 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2985 disk images, too.
2986
2987 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2988 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2989 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2990 integrate with that.
2991
2992 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2993 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2994 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2995 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2996
2997 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2998 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2999 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
3000
3001 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
3002 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3003 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3004 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3005 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3006 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3007 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3008 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3009 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3010 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3011
3012 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3013 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
3014 files.
3015
3016 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
3017 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
3018 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
3019 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
3020 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
3021 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
3022 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3023 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3024 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3025 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3026 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3027 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3028 explicitly turned on.
3029
3030 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3031 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3032 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3033 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3034
3035 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3036 supported.
3037
3038 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3039 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3040 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3041 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3042 associated with a virtual machine or container
3043 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3044 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3045 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3046 output however.)
3047
3048 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3049 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3050 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3051 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3052 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3053 caller's session/user.
3054
3055 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3056 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3057 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3058 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3059 user services.
3060
3061 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3062 same way as unit files.
3063
3064 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3065 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3066 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3067 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3068 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3069 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3070 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3071 the host.
3072
3073 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3074 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3075 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3076 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3077 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3078 host.
3079
3080 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
3081 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3082 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3083 updated to make use of it too by default.
3084
3085 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3086 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3087 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3088 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3089
3090 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3091 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3092 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3093 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3094 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3095 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3096 modification.
3097
3098 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3099 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3100 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
3101 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
3102 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3103 information about Touchpad types.
3104
3105 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3106 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3107
3108 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3109 Policy link field.
3110
3111 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3112 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3113
3114 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3115 ACLs on files.
3116
3117 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3118 tmpfs, automatically.
3119
3120 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3121 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3122 status" output, if available.
3123
3124 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3125 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3126 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3127 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3128 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3129 run on next reboot.
3130
3131 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3132 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3133 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3134 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3135 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3136 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3137 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3138
3139 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3140 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3141 after a configurable timeout.
3142
3143 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3144 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3145 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3146 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3147 it non-idle.
3148
3149 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3150 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3151
3152 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3153 each .network interface in networkd.
3154
3155 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3156 in .network files.
3157
3158 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3159 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3160
3161 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
3162 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3163 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3164 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3165 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3166 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3167 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3168 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3169 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3170 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3171 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3172 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3173 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3174 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3175 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
3176 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3177 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3178 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3179 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3180 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3181 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3182 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
3183 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3184 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3185
3186 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
3187
3188 CHANGES WITH 218:
3189
3190 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3191 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3192 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
3193 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
3194
3195 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
3196 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
3197 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3198 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3199 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3200
3201 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3202
3203 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
3204 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
3205 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3206 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3207 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3208 modified configuration after editing.
3209
3210 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3211 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3212 system preset files.
3213
3214 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3215 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3216 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3217 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3218 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3219 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3220 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3221 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3222 other contexts.
3223
3224 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3225 inhibitors.
3226
3227 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
3228 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
3229 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3230 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3231 managers.
3232
3233 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3234 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3235 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3236 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3237 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
3238 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
3239 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3240 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3241 parallel to journald.
3242
3243 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3244 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3245 available.
3246
3247 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3248 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
3249 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
3250 or are not older than the specified time.
3251
3252 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3253 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3254 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3255 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3256
3257 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3258 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3259 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3260 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3261 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3262 communication.
3263
3264 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3265 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3266 services.
3267
3268 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3269 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3270 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3271 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3272 the new "busctl tree" command.
3273
3274 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3275 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3276 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3277 friendly way.
3278
3279 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3280 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3281 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3282 race-ful way.
3283
3284 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3285 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3286 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3287 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3288 --link-journal=try-guest.
3289
3290 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3291 stable MAC addresses.
3292
3293 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3294 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3295 the respective unit shall use.
3296
3297 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3298 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3299 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3300 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3301
3302 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3303 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3304 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3305 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3306 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3307 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3308
3309 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3310 details see:
3311
3312 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3313
3314 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3315 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3316 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3317 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3318 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3319 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3320 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3321 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3322 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3323 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3324 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3325 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3326
3327 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3328 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3329 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3330 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3331 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3332
3333 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3334 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3335 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3336 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3337 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3338 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3339 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3340 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3341
3342 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3343 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3344 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3345 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3346 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3347 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3348 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3349 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3350 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3351 interface.
3352
3353 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3354 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3355 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3356 luks.name= argument.
3357
3358 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3359 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3360 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3361 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3362 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3363 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3364
3365 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3366 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3367 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3368
3369 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3370 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3371 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3372 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3373 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3374 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3375 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3376 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3377 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3378 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3379 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3380 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3381 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3382 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3383 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3384 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3385 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3386 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3387
3388 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3389
3390 CHANGES WITH 217:
3391
3392 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3393 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3394 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3395 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3396
3397 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3398 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3399 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3400 now waits until the operation is complete.
3401
3402 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3403 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3404 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3405 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3406 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3407 connection.
3408
3409 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3410 commands anymore.
3411
3412 * User units are now loaded also from
3413 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3414 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3415 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3416
3417 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3418 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3419 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3420 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3421 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3422 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3423 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3424 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3425 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3426 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3427 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3428 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3429 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3430 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3431 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3432 question.
3433
3434 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3435 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3436 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3437
3438 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3439 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3440 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3441 command line to trigger resume.
3442
3443 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3444 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3445 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3446 Desktop=systemd-console.
3447
3448 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3449 systemd-networkd.
3450
3451 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3452 from the information provided by the networking stack
3453 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3454
3455 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3456 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3457
3458 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3459 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3460 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3461
3462 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3463
3464 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3465 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3466 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3467 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3468 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3469 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3470
3471 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3472 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3473 respected.
3474
3475 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3476 virtualization.
3477
3478 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3479 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3480 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3481 on.
3482
3483 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3484
3485 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3486
3487 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3488 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3489 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3490 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3491 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3492 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3493 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3494
3495 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3496 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3497 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3498 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3499 from the service's view entirely.
3500
3501 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3502 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3503
3504 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3505 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3506 session.
3507
3508 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3509 legacy-free systems.
3510
3511 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3512 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3513 easily.
3514
3515 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3516 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3517 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3518 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3519 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3520 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3521 option.
3522
3523 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3524 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3525 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3526 /usr.
3527
3528 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3529 services, not only the main process.
3530
3531 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3532 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3533 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3534 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3535 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3536
3537 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3538 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3539 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3540 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3541 directly from now on, again.
3542
3543 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3544 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3545 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3546 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3547 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3548 unit file enabling and disabling.
3549
3550 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3551 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3552 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3553 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3554 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3555 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3556 unnecessary or unlikely.
3557
3558 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3559 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3560 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3561 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3562
3563 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3564 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3565 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3566 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3567 overwritten at runtime.
3568
3569 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3570 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3571 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3572 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3573 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3574 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3575 segmentation fault.
3576
3577 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3578 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3579 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3580 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3581 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3582 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3583 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3584 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3585 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3586 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3587 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3588 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3589 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3590 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3591 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3592 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3593 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3594 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3595 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3596 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3597 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3598 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3599
3600 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3601
3602 CHANGES WITH 216:
3603
3604 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3605 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3606 implementations should add a
3607
3608 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3609
3610 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3611 default functionality.
3612
3613 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3614 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3615 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3616 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3617 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3618 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3619 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3620 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3621 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3622 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3623 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3624 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3625 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3626
3627 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3628 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3629 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3630 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3631 expected to be added eventually, too.
3632
3633 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3634 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3635 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3636 new command to update these fields.
3637
3638 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3639 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3640 have been discovered via DHCP.
3641
3642 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3643 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3644 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3645 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3646 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3647 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3648 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3649 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3650 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3651 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3652 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3653 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3654 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3655 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3656 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3657 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3658 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3659 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3660 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3661 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3662
3663 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3664 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3665 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3666
3667 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3668 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3669 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3670 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3671 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3672 control utility for networkd.
3673
3674 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3675 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3676 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3677 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3678 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3679 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3680 (NoDelay=).
3681
3682 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3683 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3684
3685 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3686 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3687 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3688 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3689 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3690 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3691
3692 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3693 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3694 of the link.
3695
3696 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3697 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3698
3699 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3700 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3701
3702 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3703 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3704 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3705 for DHCP.
3706
3707 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3708 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3709 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3710 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3711 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3712 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3713 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3714 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3715
3716 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3717 validation of unit files.
3718
3719 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3720 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3721 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3722 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3723 address may now be configured.
3724
3725 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3726 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3727 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3728 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3729
3730 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3731 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3732
3733 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3734 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3735 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3736 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3737
3738 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3739 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3740 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3741 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3742 implementation.
3743
3744 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3745 journal data to a remote system running
3746 systemd-journal-remote.
3747
3748 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3749 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3750 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3751 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3752 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3753 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3754 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3755 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3756 version, you have to turn this option on again
3757 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3758
3759 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3760 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3761 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3762
3763 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3764 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3765
3766 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3767 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3768
3769 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3770 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3771 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3772
3773 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3774 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
3775 hostname, root password) interactively on first
3776 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3777 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3778
3779 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3780
3781 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3782
3783 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3784 when primary addresses are removed.
3785
3786 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3787 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3788 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3789 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3790 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3791 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3792 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3793 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3794 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3795 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3796 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3797 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3798 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3799 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3800 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3801
3802 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
3803
3804 CHANGES WITH 215:
3805
3806 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3807 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3808 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3809 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3810 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3811 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3812 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3813 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3814 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3815 require.
3816
3817 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3818 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3819
3820 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3821 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3822 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3823 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3824 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3825 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3826 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3827
3828 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3829 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3830 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3831 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3832 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3833 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3834 update or reset should use this condition and order
3835 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3836 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3837 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3838 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3839 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3840 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3841 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
3842 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
3843 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3844
3845 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3846
3847 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3848 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3849 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3850 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3851
3852 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3853 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3854 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3855 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3856 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3857 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3858 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
3859 .network files using settings of this section should be
3860 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3861 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
3862
3863 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3864 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
3865
3866 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3867 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3868 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3869 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3870 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3871 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3872 of nspawn instances.
3873
3874 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3875 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3876 added.
3877
3878 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3879 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3880 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3881 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3882 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3883 configuration stored in /etc.
3884
3885 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3886 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3887 parsing of unknown mount options.
3888
3889 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3890 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3891 it already exist and not already be the correct
3892 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
3893 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3894 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3895 pre-existing files of different types.
3896
3897 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3898 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
3899 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
3900 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3901 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3902 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3903 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3904
3905 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3906 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3907 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3908 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3909 shall be executed.
3910
3911 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3912 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
3913 example whether it is fully up and running.
3914
3915 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3916 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3917 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3918 reset.
3919
3920 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3921 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3922
3923 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3924 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3925 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3926
3927 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3928 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3929 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3930
3931 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3932 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3933 access to this group.
3934
3935 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3936 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3937 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3938 to the journal.
3939
3940 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3941 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3942 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3943 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3944 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3945 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3946
3947 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3948 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3949 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3950 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3951 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3952 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3953 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3954 the old name to the new name.
3955
3956 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
3957 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
3958 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3959
3960 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3961 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3962 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3963 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3964 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3965 "systemd-debug-generator".
3966
3967 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3968 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3969 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3970 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3971 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3972 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3973 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
3974 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3975 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
3976 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3977 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3978
3979 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3980 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3981 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
3982 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3983 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3984 machine and user.
3985
3986 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3987 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3988 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3989 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3990 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3991
3992 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3993 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3994 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3995 couple of drop-in directories.
3996
3997 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3998 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3999 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
4000 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
4001 for dev_port.
4002
4003 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4004 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4005 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4006 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4007
4008 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4009 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4010 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4011 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4012 Restart= setting.
4013
4014 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
4015 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
4016 directly connect to a specific container on the
4017 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
4018 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
4019 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
4020 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
4021 containers is a privileged operation.
4022
4023 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4024 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4025 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4026 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4027 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4028 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4029 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4030 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4031 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4032 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4033 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4034 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4035
4036 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
4037
4038 CHANGES WITH 214:
4039
4040 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4041 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4042 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4043 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4044 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4045 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4046 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4047 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4048 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
4049 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
4050 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4051 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
4052 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4053 devices are excluded from this logic.
4054
4055 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4056 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4057 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4058 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4059 change has been released.
4060
4061 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
4062 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
4063 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4064
4065 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
4066 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4067 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
4068 with fewer privileges.
4069
4070 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4071 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4072 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4073 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4074
4075 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
4076 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4077
4078 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
4079 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4080
4081 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
4082 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
4083 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4084
4085 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4086 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
4087 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
4088 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4089 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
4090 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
4091
4092 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
4093 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4094 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
4095
4096 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
4097 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
4098 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4099 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4100 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4101 modifications of user data or system files from
4102 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4103 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4104
4105 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4106 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4107 and FIFOs in the file system.
4108
4109 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
4110 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4111 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4112
4113 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4114 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
4115 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
4116 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
4117 the socket itself.
4118
4119 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4120 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4121 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4122 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4123 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4124 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4125 symlinks, and nothing else.
4126
4127 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4128 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4129 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4130 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4131 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4132 process (for example, the parent process). The
4133 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4134 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4135 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4136 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4137 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4138 messages to services when the originating process already
4139 vanished.
4140
4141 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
4142 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
4143 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4144 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4145 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4146 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4147 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4148 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4149 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4150 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4151 all long-running services.
4152
4153 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4154 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4155 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4156 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4157 service.
4158
4159 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4160 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4161 applied to all submounts, too.
4162
4163 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4164
4165 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4166 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4167 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4168 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4169 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4170 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4171 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4172
4173 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
4174 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4175 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
4176 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
4177 (domU) domains.
4178
4179 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4180 files or entire directories.
4181
4182 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
4183 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4184 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4185 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
4186 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4187
4188 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4189 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4190 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4191 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
4192 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4193 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
4194 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
4195 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
4196 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4197 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4198 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4199 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4200
4201 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4202 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4203 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4204 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4205
4206 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4207 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
4208 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
4209 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
4210 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4211 non-directories.
4212
4213 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4214 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4215 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4216
4217 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4218 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4219 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4220 this group.
4221
4222 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4223 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4224 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4225 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4226 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4227 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4228 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4229
4230 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
4231
4232 CHANGES WITH 213:
4233
4234 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
4235 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
4236 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
4237 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
4238 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
4239 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4240 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
4241 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
4242 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
4243 client should be more than appropriate for most
4244 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4245 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4246 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4247 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4248 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
4249 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
4250 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4251 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4252 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4253 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4254 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4255
4256 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4257 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4258 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4259 part of a different namespace.
4260
4261 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4262 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4263 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4264 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4265
4266 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4267 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4268 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4269
4270 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4271 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4272 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4273 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4274 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4275 restart the service in question.
4276
4277 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4278 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4279 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4280 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4281 details when running non-locally.
4282
4283 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4284 graphs it generates.
4285
4286 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4287 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4288 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4289 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4290 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4291
4292 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4293
4294 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4295 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4296 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4297 what it was on SysV systems.
4298
4299 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4300 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4301
4302 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4303 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4304 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4305 files.
4306
4307 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4308 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4309 to show these addresses in its output.
4310
4311 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4312 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4313 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4314 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4315 preferred over a text one.
4316
4317 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4318 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4319 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4320 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4321 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4322 mDNS cache.
4323
4324 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4325 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4326 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4327 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4328 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4329
4330 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4331 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4332 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4333 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4334 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4335
4336 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4337 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4338 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4339 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4340 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4341 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4342 overrides any other settings.
4343
4344 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4345 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4346 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4347 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4348 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4349 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4350 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4351 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4352 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4353 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4354 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4355 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4356 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4357 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4358 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4359 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4360 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4361
4362 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4363
4364 CHANGES WITH 212:
4365
4366 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4367 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4368 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4369 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4370 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4371 by accident.
4372
4373 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4374 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4375 registered with machined.
4376
4377 * sd-login gained new calls
4378 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4379 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4380 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4381 counterparts.
4382
4383 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4384 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4385 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4386 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4387 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4388 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4389 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4390 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4391 once.
4392
4393 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4394 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4395 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4396
4397 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4398 units on all local containers, when used with the
4399 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4400 executed when no parameters are specified).
4401
4402 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4403 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4404 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4405 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4406
4407 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4408 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4409 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4410 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4411 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4412 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4413
4414 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4415 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4416 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4417 of the container.
4418
4419 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4420 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4421 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4422 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4423 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4424 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4425 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4426 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4427
4428 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4429 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4430 instead of /.
4431
4432 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4433 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4434 emergency messages now.
4435
4436 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4437 journal log messages across the network.
4438
4439 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4440 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4441 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4442 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4443 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4444 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4445 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4446
4447 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4448 down a local OS container.
4449
4450 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4451 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4452 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4453
4454 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4455 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4456 this is appropriate.
4457
4458 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4459 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4460 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4461
4462 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4463 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4464 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4465 for debugging purposes.
4466
4467 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4468 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4469 in seconds.
4470
4471 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4472 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4473 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4474 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4475 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4476 like on traditional inetd.
4477
4478 * A new system.conf configuration option
4479 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4480 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4481
4482 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4483 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4484 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4485 do these days).
4486
4487 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4488 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4489 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4490 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4491 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4492 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4493
4494 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4495 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4496 it will be triggered.
4497
4498 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4499 addresses to its local interfaces.
4500
4501 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4502 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4503 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4504 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4505 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4506 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4507 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4508 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4509 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4510
4511 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4512
4513 CHANGES WITH 211:
4514
4515 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4516 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4517 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4518 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4519 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4520 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4521
4522 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4523 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4524 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4525 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4526 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4527 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4528 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4529 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4530 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4531
4532 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4533 matching against device group names.
4534
4535 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4536 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4537 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4538 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4539 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4540 though.
4541
4542 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4543 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4544 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4545 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4546 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4547 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4548 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4549 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4550 systems prepared appropriately.
4551
4552 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4553 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4554 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4555 (see above). This means that installations made with
4556 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4557 deployed using container managers, completely
4558 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4559 this feature soon, too.)
4560
4561 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4562 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4563 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4564 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4565
4566 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4567 using IPv4LL.
4568
4569 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4570 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4571 systemd-networkd.
4572
4573 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4574 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4575 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4576 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4577 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4578
4579 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4580 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4581 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4582 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4583 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4584 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4585 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4586 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4587 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4588 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4589 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4590 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4591 users.
4592
4593 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4594 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4595 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4596 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4597 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4598 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4599 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4600 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4601 due to a closed lid.
4602
4603 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4604 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4605 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4606 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4607 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4608 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4609
4610 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4611 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4612 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4613 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4614 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4615
4616 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4617 now also work in --scope mode.
4618
4619 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4620 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4621 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4622 promises are made.)
4623
4624 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4625 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4626 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4627 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4628 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4629 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4630 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4631 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4632 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4633 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4634
4635 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4636
4637 CHANGES WITH 210:
4638
4639 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4640 according to SMACK rules.
4641
4642 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4643 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4644
4645 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4646 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4647 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4648
4649 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4650 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4651 and machine ID.
4652
4653 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4654 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4655 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4656 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4657 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4658 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4659 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4660 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4661 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4662 backpack or similar.
4663
4664 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4665 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4666 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4667 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4668 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4669 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4670 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4671 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4672 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4673 this on its own.
4674
4675 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4676 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4677 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4678 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4679
4680 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4681 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4682 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4683 --network-bridge= switches.
4684
4685 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4686 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4687 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4688 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4689 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4690 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4691 each configuration option.
4692
4693 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4694 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4695 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4696 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4697 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4698
4699 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4700 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4701 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4702 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4703 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4704
4705 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4706 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4707 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4708 default however.
4709
4710 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4711 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4712 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4713 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4714 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4715 them with systemd-networkd.
4716
4717 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4718 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4719 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4720 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4721 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4722 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4723 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4724 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4725 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4726 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4727 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4728 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4729 during a transitional period!
4730
4731 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4732 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4733 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4734 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4735 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4736 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4737 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4738 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4739
4740 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4741
4742 CHANGES WITH 209:
4743
4744 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4745 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4746 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4747 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4748 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4749 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4750 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4751 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4752 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4753 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4754 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4755 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4756
4757 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4758 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4759 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4760 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4761 machines and the like.
4762
4763 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4764 shutdown/boot.
4765
4766 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4767 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
4768
4769 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4770 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4771 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
4772 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4773
4774 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4775 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
4776 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4777 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
4778 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
4779 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4780
4781 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4782 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4783 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
4784 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
4785 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4786 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4787 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4788 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
4789 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
4790
4791 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4792 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
4793
4794 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4795 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4796 implementation.
4797
4798 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4799 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
4800 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4801 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4802 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4803 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4804 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4805 and .service units.
4806
4807 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4808 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4809 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4810
4811 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
4812 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
4813 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
4814 nothing makes use of it.
4815
4816 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4817 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4818 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4819
4820 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4821 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4822 compatibility purposes.
4823
4824 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4825 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4826 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
4827 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
4828 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4829 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4830 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4831 process handling.
4832
4833 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4834 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4835 style to "sd-bus.h".
4836
4837 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4838 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
4839 "systemd-networkd".
4840
4841 * There is a new kernel command line option
4842 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4843 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4844 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4845 are not restored.
4846
4847 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4848 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4849 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4850 PID1's support for that anymore.
4851
4852 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
4853 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4854
4855 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4856 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4857 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4858 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4859 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4860 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4861
4862 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4863 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
4864 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4865 onto remote systems.
4866
4867 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4868 login in any local container. This works with any container
4869 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
4870 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
4871
4872 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4873 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4874 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4875 system of some kind.
4876
4877 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4878 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4879 next.
4880
4881 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4882 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4883 reboot() system call.
4884
4885 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4886 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
4887 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
4888 still available but not advertised anymore.
4889
4890 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4891 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
4892 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
4893 within each Unit.
4894
4895 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4896 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
4897 the kernel).
4898
4899 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
4900 timestamps (following the setting in
4901 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
4902
4903 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4904 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4905
4906 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4907 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4908
4909 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4910 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4911 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4912
4913 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4914 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
4915 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4916 the full configuration is shown.
4917
4918 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4919 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
4920 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4921
4922 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
4923
4924 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4925 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4926
4927 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
4928 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4929 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4930 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4931
4932 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4933 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4934 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4935 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4936
4937 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4938 of the legend text.
4939
4940 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4941 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4942 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4943 remote sessions.
4944
4945 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4946 information of SDIO devices.
4947
4948 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4949 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4950 the system manager.
4951
4952 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
4953 short description of the connection parameters in the
4954 description.
4955
4956 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
4957 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4958 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
4959 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4960 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4961 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4962 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
4963
4964 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4965 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
4966 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4967 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4968 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4969 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
4970 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
4971 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
4972 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4973
4974 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4975 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4976 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4977 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
4978 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4979 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
4980 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
4981 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
4982 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4983 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4984 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4985 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4986 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4987 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4988 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4989 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4990 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4991 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4992 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
4993 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4994 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
4995 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4996 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4997
4998 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
4999 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
5000 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
5001 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
5002 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
5003 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
5004 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5005 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
5006 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
5007 that you are aware of the instability of the current
5008 APIs.
5009
5010 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
5011 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
5012 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
5013 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
5014 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
5015 declare the APIs stable.
5016
5017 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
5018 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
5019 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
5020 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
5021 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
5022 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5023 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5024 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5025 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5026 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5027 one of them is updated.
5028
5029 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
5030 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
5031 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5032 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5033 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5034
5035 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5036 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5037 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
5038 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
5039 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
5040 entry points.
5041
5042 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5043 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5044 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5045 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
5046 been disabled at compile-time.
5047
5048 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
5049 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
5050 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5051 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5052
5053 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5054 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5055 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
5056
5057 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
5058 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5059 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
5060
5061 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5062 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
5063 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
5064
5065 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5066 remains until jobs expire.
5067
5068 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
5069 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
5070 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
5071 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
5072 all remaining processes of the service.
5073
5074 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5075 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
5076 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5077 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5078 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
5079 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
5080 manager process which created them takes no further
5081 responsibilities for it.
5082
5083 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
5084 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5085 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5086 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5087 marked executable or world-writable.
5088
5089 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
5090 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
5091 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5092 "--setenv=" for consistency.
5093
5094 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5095 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
5096 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
5097 independent of the host.
5098
5099 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5100 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
5101 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
5102 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5103
5104 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5105 with specific SELinux labels set.
5106
5107 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5108 any additional output but the container's own console
5109 output.
5110
5111 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5112 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5113
5114 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
5115 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
5116 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
5117 OS images, but only specific apps.
5118
5119 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
5120 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
5121 results in registration of the unit service itself in
5122 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
5123
5124 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5125 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
5126 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
5127 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5128 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5129 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
5130
5131 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5132 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
5133 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
5134 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5135 units to use.
5136
5137 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5138 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5139 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5140 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5141
5142 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5143 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5144 context for a service.
5145
5146 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5147 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
5148 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5149 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
5150 influence this logic.
5151
5152 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5153 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5154 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5155 other things.
5156
5157 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
5158 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
5159 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5160 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
5161 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5162 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5163 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
5164 architectures). There is also a global
5165 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
5166 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5167
5168 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5169 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5170
5171 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5172 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5173 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5174 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5175 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5176 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5177 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5178 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5179 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5180 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5181 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5182 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5183 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5184 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5185 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5186 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5187 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5188 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5189 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5190 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5191 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5192 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5193 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5194 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5195
5196 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
5197
5198 CHANGES WITH 208:
5199
5200 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5201 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5202 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5203 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5204 access input and drm devices which are normally
5205 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5206 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5207 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5208 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5209 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5210 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5211 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5212 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5213
5214 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
5215 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
5216 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5217
5218 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5219 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5220 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5221 kernel version number.
5222
5223 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5224 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
5225 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
5226
5227 * This release removes high-level support for the
5228 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5229 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5230 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
5231 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
5232
5233 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5234 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5235 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
5236 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5237 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
5238 cgroup system.
5239
5240 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5241 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5242 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5243 logs among other things.
5244
5245 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5246 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5247 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5248 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5249 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5250 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5251 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5252 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5253 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5254 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5255 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5256 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5257 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5258 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5259 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5260 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5261 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5262 not delayed until next reboot.
5263
5264 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5265 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5266 systemd generated files in one directory.
5267
5268 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5269 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5270 performance information if that's available to determine how
5271 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5272 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5273 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5274
5275 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5276 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5277 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5278 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5279 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5280 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5281 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5282
5283 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5284
5285 CHANGES WITH 207:
5286
5287 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5288 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5289 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5290 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5291
5292 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5293 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5294 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5295 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5296 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5297
5298 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5299 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5300
5301 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5302 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5303 maximum number of tries.
5304
5305 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5306 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5307 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5308
5309 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5310 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5311
5312 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5313 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5314 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5315
5316 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5317 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5318 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5319
5320 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5321 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5322 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5323 and type).
5324
5325 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5326 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5327
5328 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5329 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5330 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5331 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5332
5333 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5334 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5335 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5336 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5337 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5338 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5339 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5340 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5341
5342 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5343 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5344 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5345 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5346
5347 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5348 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5349 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5350 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5351 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5352 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5353 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5354
5355 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5356 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5357
5358 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5359 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5360 automatically after the process terminated.
5361
5362 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5363 certain paths from operation.
5364
5365 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5366 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5367 is received.
5368
5369 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5370 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5371 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5372 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5373 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5374 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5375 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5376 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5377 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5378 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5379 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5380 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5381 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5382
5383 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5384
5385 CHANGES WITH 206:
5386
5387 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5388 concepts introduced with 205.
5389
5390 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5391 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5392 -r".
5393
5394 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5395 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5396 --state= parameter.
5397
5398 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5399 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5400 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5401 the journal.
5402
5403 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5404 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5405 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5406
5407 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5408 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5409 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5410 browsing logs from that point on.
5411
5412 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5413 of an FSS key.
5414
5415 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5416 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5417 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5418 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5419 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5420 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5421 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5422 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5423 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5424 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5425 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5426 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5427 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5428 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5429
5430 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5431 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5432 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5433 backing module right-away.
5434
5435 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5436 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5437
5438 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5439 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5440
5441 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5442 set of processes in the message metadata.
5443
5444 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5445
5446 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5447 support for passing performance data via environment
5448 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5449 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5450 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5451 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5452 deserialize it again.
5453
5454 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5455 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5456 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5457 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5458
5459 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5460 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5461 completely silent shutdown when used.
5462
5463 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5464 option in .socket units.
5465
5466 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5467 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5468 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5469 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5470 system.slice as before.
5471
5472 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5473
5474 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5475 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5476 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5477 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5478 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5479 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5480 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5481
5482 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5483
5484 CHANGES WITH 205:
5485
5486 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5487
5488 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5489 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5490 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5491 possible for system services and applications to group their
5492 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5493 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5494 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5495
5496 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5497 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5498 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5499 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5500 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5501
5502 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5503 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5504 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5505 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5506
5507 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5508 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5509 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5510 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5511 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5512 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5513 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5514 and useful as a general batch manager.
5515
5516 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5517 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5518 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5519 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5520 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5521 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5522 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5523 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5524 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5525 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5526
5527 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5528 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5529 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5530 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5531 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5532 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5533 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5534 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5535 is compile-time optional.
5536
5537 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5538 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5539 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5540 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5541 well as slice units.
5542
5543 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5544 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5545 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5546 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5547 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5548 command that wraps this call.
5549
5550 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5551 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5552 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5553 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5554 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5555 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5556 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5557
5558 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5559 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5560 off audit.
5561
5562 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5563 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5564
5565 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5566 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5567 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5568 and system logs.
5569
5570 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5571 snippets extending unit files.
5572
5573 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5574 not available as public API.
5575
5576 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5577 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5578 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5579
5580 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5581 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5582 controls what to boot into by default.
5583
5584 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5585 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5586
5587 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5588 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5589 about the unit file loading.
5590
5591 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5592 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5593 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5594 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5595 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5596 racy due to journal file rotation.
5597
5598 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5599 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5600 all services.
5601
5602 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5603 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5604 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5605 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5606 system services want to log events about specific client
5607 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5608 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5609 unit is requested.
5610
5611 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5612 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5613 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5614 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5615 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5616 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5617 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5618 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5619 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5620 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5621 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5622 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5623 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5624
5625 CHANGES WITH 204:
5626
5627 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5628 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5629
5630 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5631 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5632 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5633
5634 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5635 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5636
5637 CHANGES WITH 203:
5638
5639 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5640 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5641
5642 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5643 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5644 fields, including the root directory.
5645
5646 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5647 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5648 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5649 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5650 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5651 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5652 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5653 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5654 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5655 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5656 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5657
5658 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5659 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5660
5661 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5662 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5663
5664 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5665 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5666 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5667 the local hostname.
5668
5669 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5670 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5671 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5672 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5673 VMs/containers coming and going.
5674
5675 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5676 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5677 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5678
5679 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5680 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5681 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5682 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5683
5684 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5685 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5686 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5687
5688 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5689 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5690 services. With the container's root directory in
5691 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5692 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5693
5694 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5695 the processes within a certain container.
5696
5697 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5698 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5699 check though. Patches welcome!
5700
5701 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5702 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5703 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5704 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5705 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5706
5707 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5708 the passed argument if applicable.
5709
5710 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5711 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5712 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5713 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5714 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5715 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5716 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5717 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5718
5719 CHANGES WITH 202:
5720
5721 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5722 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5723 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5724 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5725 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5726 units activate.
5727
5728 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5729 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5730 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5731 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5732 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5733 for now, and not installable.
5734
5735 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5736 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5737 can run in conjunction with udev.
5738
5739 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5740 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5741 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5742 session manager.
5743
5744 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5745 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5746 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5747 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5748 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5749 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5750 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5751 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5752 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5753 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5754 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5755
5756 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5757
5758 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5759 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5760 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5761 logical expressions.
5762
5763 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5764 switches.
5765
5766 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5767 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
5768 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
5769 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5770 the user.
5771
5772 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5773 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5774 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5775 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5776 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5777 an entry.
5778
5779 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5780 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5781 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5782 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5783 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5784 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5785
5786 CHANGES WITH 201:
5787
5788 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5789 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5790 directory.
5791
5792 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5793 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5794 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5795 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5796 problem.
5797
5798 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5799 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5800 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5801 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5802
5803 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5804 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5805
5806 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5807 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5808 files in this context are files such as
5809 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5810
5811 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5812 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5813 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5814 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5815 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5816 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5817
5818 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5819 hostnames.
5820
5821 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5822 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5823 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5824 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5825 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5826 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5827 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5828 all time-related output of systemd.
5829
5830 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5831 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5832 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5833 loops.
5834
5835 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5836 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5837
5838 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5839 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
5840 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
5841 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5842 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5843
5844 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5845 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5846 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5847 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5848 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5849 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5850 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5851
5852 CHANGES WITH 200:
5853
5854 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5855 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5856 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5857 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5858 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5859 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5860
5861 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5862 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5863 images.
5864
5865 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5866 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5867 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5868
5869 CHANGES WITH 199:
5870
5871 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5872
5873 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5874 security policy.
5875
5876 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5877 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5878 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5879 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5880 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5881 the same service can still access). When a service is
5882 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
5883 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
5884 this though).
5885
5886 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5887 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5888 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5889 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5890 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5891 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5892
5893 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
5894 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
5895
5896 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5897 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5898
5899 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5900
5901 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
5902 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5903 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5904 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5905 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
5906
5907 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5908 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5909 system is to be mounted.
5910
5911 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5912 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5913 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5914 purpose for socket units.
5915
5916 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5917 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5918
5919 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5920 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
5921 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
5922 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
5923 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
5924
5925 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5926 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5927 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5928 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5929 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5930 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5931 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5932 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5933 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5934
5935 CHANGES WITH 198:
5936
5937 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5938 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5939 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5940 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5941 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
5942 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
5943 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5944 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5945 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
5946 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5947 unit files locally: copying the files from
5948 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5949 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5950 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5951 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
5952 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
5953 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5954 for them too.
5955
5956 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
5957 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
5958 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5959 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5960 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5961 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5962 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
5963 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5964 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
5965
5966 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5967 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5968
5969 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
5970 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5971 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5972 other users.
5973
5974 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5975 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5976 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5977 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5978 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
5979 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
5980 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5981 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
5982 management logic is also available to other programs via the
5983 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5984 supported.
5985
5986 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
5987 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5988 the foreground VT.
5989
5990 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5991 call.
5992
5993 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5994 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5995 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
5996 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5997 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5998 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
5999 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
6000 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
6001 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
6002 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6003 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6004 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6005 also been removed.
6006
6007 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6008 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
6009 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6010 objects themselves.
6011
6012 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6013
6014 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
6015 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
6016 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
6017 to how this is supported in shells.
6018
6019 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
6020 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
6021 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
6022 user systemd instance.
6023
6024 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6025 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6026 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6027 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6028 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6029 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6030 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6031 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6032 one day for good in the kernel.
6033
6034 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6035 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6036 container.
6037
6038 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6039 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
6040 the host into the container.
6041
6042 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6043 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6044 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6045 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6046 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6047 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
6048
6049 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
6050
6051 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6052 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6053 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6054 configured to be mounted there.
6055
6056 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6057 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6058 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6059 system resume events.
6060
6061 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6062 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
6063 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
6064 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
6065
6066 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6067 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6068 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6069 card).
6070
6071 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6072 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6073 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6074
6075 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6076 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6077 later "change" event.
6078
6079 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6080 now carry a message ID.
6081
6082 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6083 continues to be work in progress.
6084
6085 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6086 root directory to operate relative to.
6087
6088 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6089 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
6090 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6091 times a little.
6092
6093 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6094 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6095 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6096 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6097 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6098 request boot into firmware operations.
6099
6100 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6101 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6102 correctly in initrds.
6103
6104 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6105 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6106
6107 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6108 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6109
6110 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6111 the status of all active or failed units.
6112
6113 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6114 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6115 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6116 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
6117 requests more robust.
6118
6119 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6120 reading journal files.
6121
6122 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6123 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6124
6125 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
6126
6127 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6128 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
6129
6130 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6131 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6132 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6133 socket activation in daemons.
6134
6135 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6136 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6137
6138 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6139 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6140 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6141
6142 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
6143 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
6144 system units.
6145
6146 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6147 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6148 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6149
6150 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6151 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6152 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6153 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
6154 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6155 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6156 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6157 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6158 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6159 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6160 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6161 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
6162 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6163 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6164 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6165 package installation time.
6166
6167 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6168 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6169 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6170 installation time.
6171
6172 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6173 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6174
6175 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6176
6177 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6178 available.
6179
6180 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6181 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6182
6183 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6184 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6185 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6186 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6187 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6188 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6189 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6190 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6191 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6192 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6193 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6194 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6195 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6196 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6197
6198 CHANGES WITH 197:
6199
6200 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6201 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6202 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6203 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6204 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6205 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6206 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6207 the supported calendar time specification language see
6208 systemd.time(7).
6209
6210 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6211 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6212 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6213 document for details:
6214
6215 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
6216
6217 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
6218 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6219 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
6220 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6221 dependencies.
6222
6223 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6224 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6225 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6226 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6227 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6228 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6229 with a configure switch.
6230
6231 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6232 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6233 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6234 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6235 such as ext4.
6236
6237 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6238 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6239 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6240
6241 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6242 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6243
6244 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6245 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6246 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6247 using only core OS tools.
6248
6249 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6250 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6251 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6252 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6253 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6254 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6255 eventually.
6256
6257 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6258 presenting log data.
6259
6260 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6261 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6262
6263 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6264 system on idle.
6265
6266 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6267 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6268 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6269 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6270 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6271 information if possible.
6272
6273 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6274 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6275 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6276
6277 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6278 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6279 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6280 is running on battery power.
6281
6282 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6283 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6284 is in the "failed" state.
6285
6286 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6287 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6288 environment files at once.
6289
6290 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6291 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6292 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6293 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6294 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6295 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6296 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6297 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6298 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6299 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6300 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6301 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6302 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6303
6304 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6305 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6306
6307 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6308 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6309
6310 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6311 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6312 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6313 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6314 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6315 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6316 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6317 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6318 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6319 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6320 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6321 shipped from us upstream.
6322
6323 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6324 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6325 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6326 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6327 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6328 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6329 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6330 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6331 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6332 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6333 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6334 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6335 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6336
6337 CHANGES WITH 196:
6338
6339 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6340 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6341 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6342 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6343 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6344 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6345 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6346 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6347 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6348 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6349 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6350 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6351 data for all devices where this is available, by
6352 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6353 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6354 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6355 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6356 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6357 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6358
6359 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6360 indexed database to link up additional information with
6361 journal entries. For further details please check:
6362
6363 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6364
6365 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6366 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6367 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6368 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6369 macro for this purpose.
6370
6371 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6372 Python logging framework.
6373
6374 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6375 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6376 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6377 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6378 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6379 time intervals.
6380
6381 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6382 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6383 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6384
6385 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6386 right-away on the selected coredump.
6387
6388 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6389 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6390 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6391
6392 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6393 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6394 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6395 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6396
6397 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6398 default.
6399
6400 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6401 SMACK security label.
6402
6403 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6404 daylight saving change.
6405
6406 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6407 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6408 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6409 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6410 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6411 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6412 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6413
6414 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6415 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6416 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6417 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6418 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6419 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6420 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6421 PolicyKit is not around.
6422
6423 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6424 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6425
6426 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6427 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6428 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6429 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6430 offline updating tools.
6431
6432 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6433 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6434 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6435 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6436 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6437 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6438
6439 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6440 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6441
6442 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6443 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6444 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6445 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6446 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6447 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6448 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6449 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6450 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6451
6452 CHANGES WITH 195:
6453
6454 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6455 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6456 units via --unit=/-u.
6457
6458 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6459 right thing.
6460
6461 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6462 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6463 rotation.
6464
6465 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6466 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6467 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6468 completion of journalctl has been updated
6469 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6470 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6471
6472 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6473 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6474
6475 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6476 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6477 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6478 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6479 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6480 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6481 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6482 completion.
6483
6484 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6485 extract coredumps from the journal.
6486
6487 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6488 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6489 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6490 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6491 scratch their heads.
6492
6493 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6494 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6495
6496 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6497 in immediate termination of systemd.
6498
6499 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6500 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6501
6502 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6503 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6504 mouse screen support has been added.
6505
6506 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6507 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6508
6509 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6510 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6511 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6512 "systemctl reload".
6513
6514 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6515 -u" instead.
6516
6517 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6518 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6519 configured.
6520
6521 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6522 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6523
6524 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6525 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6526 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6527 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6528 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6529 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6530 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6531
6532 CHANGES WITH 194:
6533
6534 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6535 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6536 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6537 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6538 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6539 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6540 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6541 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6542 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6543 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6544 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6545 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6546
6547 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6548 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6549 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6550
6551 CHANGES WITH 193:
6552
6553 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6554 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6555
6556 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6557 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6558 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6559
6560 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6561 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6562 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6563 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6564 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6565 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6566 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6567
6568 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6569 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6570
6571 This will download the journal contents in a
6572 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6573
6574 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6575
6576 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6577 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6578 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6579 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6580 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6581
6582 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6583
6584 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6585 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6586
6587 CHANGES WITH 192:
6588
6589 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6590 too.
6591
6592 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6593 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6594 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6595 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6596 just start them.
6597
6598 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6599 and line break accordingly.
6600
6601 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6602 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6603
6604 CHANGES WITH 191:
6605
6606 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6607 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6608 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6609 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6610 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6611
6612 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6613 will default to 10 if omitted.
6614
6615 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6616 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6617 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6618 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6619 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6620
6621 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6622 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6623 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6624 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6625 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6626 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6627 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6628
6629 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6630 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6631 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6632 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6633 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6634 into two.
6635
6636 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6637 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6638
6639 CHANGES WITH 190:
6640
6641 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6642 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6643 "systemctl status".
6644
6645 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6646 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6647 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6648 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6649 field.)
6650
6651 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6652 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6653 default.
6654
6655 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6656 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6657 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6658 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6659 in a container.
6660
6661 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6662 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6663 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6664 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6665 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6666 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6667
6668 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6669 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6670 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6671 no-op.
6672
6673 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6674 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6675 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6676 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6677 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6678
6679 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6680 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6681
6682 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6683 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6684 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6685 command.
6686
6687 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6688 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6689 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6690
6691 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6692
6693 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6694 multiple files at once.
6695
6696 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6697 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6698 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6699 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6700 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6701 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6702 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6703
6704 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6705 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6706 now support specifiers as well.
6707
6708 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6709 dir: %_presetdir.
6710
6711 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6712 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6713
6714 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6715 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6716 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6717 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6718 anymore.
6719
6720 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6721 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6722 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6723 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6724
6725 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6726 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6727 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6728
6729 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6730 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6731 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6732 sockets.
6733
6734 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6735 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6736 is changed.
6737
6738 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6739 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6740 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6741 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6742 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6743 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6744 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6745
6746 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6747
6748 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6749 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6750
6751 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6752 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6753
6754 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6755 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6756 (%b).
6757
6758 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6759 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6760 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6761 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6762 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6763 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6764 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6765
6766 CHANGES WITH 189:
6767
6768 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6769 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6770
6771 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6772 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6773 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6774 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6775 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6776 syslog daemons again.
6777
6778 * The libudev API gained the new
6779 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6780
6781 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6782 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6783 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6784 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6785
6786 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6787 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6788 container.
6789
6790 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6791 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6792 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6793 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6794 this explaining it in more detail.
6795
6796 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6797 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6798 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6799 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6800
6801 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6802 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6803 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6804 journal files.
6805
6806 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6807 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6808 as container init process a lot more fun.
6809
6810 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6811 entries.
6812
6813 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6814 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6815 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6816 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6817 different sets of services.
6818
6819 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6820 failure state.
6821
6822 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
6823 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6824 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6825
6826 CHANGES WITH 188:
6827
6828 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6829 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6830 tree a lot more organized.
6831
6832 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6833 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6834
6835 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6836 services.
6837
6838 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6839 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6840 filtering by log level now.
6841
6842 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6843 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6844 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6845
6846 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
6847 command lines involving service unit names.
6848
6849 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6850 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6851
6852 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6853 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6854 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6855
6856 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6857 option.
6858
6859 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6860 a shutdown is cancelled.
6861
6862 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6863 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6864 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6865 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6866 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6867
6868 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6869 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6870 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6871 for display managers instead.
6872
6873 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6874 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6875 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6876 protection, and suchlike.
6877
6878 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6879 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6880 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6881 the service.
6882
6883 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6884 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6885 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6886 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6887 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6888 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6889
6890 CHANGES WITH 187:
6891
6892 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6893 pages.
6894
6895 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6896 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6897 data loss.
6898
6899 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
6900 option.
6901
6902 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6903
6904 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6905 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6906
6907 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6908 specific directory.
6909
6910 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6911 messages of two different boots.
6912
6913 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6914 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6915 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6916
6917 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6918 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6919 disjunctions.
6920
6921 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6922 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6923 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6924
6925 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6926 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6927 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6928
6929 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6930 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6931 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6932 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6933 speed things up a bit.
6934
6935 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6936 header data of journal files.
6937
6938 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6939 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6940 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6941
6942 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6943 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6944 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6945 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6946
6947 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6948
6949 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6950 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6951 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6952 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6953
6954 CHANGES WITH 186:
6955
6956 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6957 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6958 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6959 prefixed with rd.
6960
6961 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6962 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6963
6964 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6965
6966 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6967
6968 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
6969
6970 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6971 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6972 as well.
6973
6974 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6975 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6976 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6977
6978 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6979 does the right thing. Example:
6980
6981 udevadm info /dev/sda
6982 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6983
6984 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6985 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6986 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6987 running.
6988
6989 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6990 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6991
6992 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6993 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6994
6995 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6996 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6997 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6998 files.
6999
7000 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
7001 be stopped that is not loaded.
7002
7003 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7004
7005 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7006
7007 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7008 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7009 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7010 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7011
7012 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7013 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7014 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
7015 completed initialization.
7016
7017 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
7018
7019 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
7020 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
7021 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
7022 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7023 distributions.
7024
7025 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7026 always valid when services log to the journal via
7027 STDOUT/STDERR.
7028
7029 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7030 command line options we understand.
7031
7032 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7033 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7034
7035 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
7036 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7037
7038 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7039 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7040 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7041 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7042
7043 systemctl status /home
7044 systemctl status /dev/sda
7045
7046 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7047 system.conf parsing.
7048
7049 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7050 Manager object.
7051
7052 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
7053
7054 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7055
7056 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7057 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7058 complete.
7059
7060 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7061 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7062 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7063 systemd-fsck@.service.
7064
7065 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7066 Manager object.
7067
7068 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7069 work sensibly.
7070
7071 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7072 we actually understand.
7073
7074 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7075 additional capabilities to the container.
7076
7077 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
7078 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
7079 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7080
7081 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7082 the current boot only.
7083
7084 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7085 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7086
7087 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7088 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7089 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7090 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7091 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7092
7093 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7094
7095 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7096 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7097 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7098 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
7099
7100 CHANGES WITH 185:
7101
7102 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7103 available.
7104
7105 * Several new man pages have been added.
7106
7107 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7108 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7109 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7110 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
7111
7112 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7113 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
7114
7115 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7116 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7117 Matthias Clasen
7118
7119 CHANGES WITH 184:
7120
7121 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7122 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7123
7124 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7125 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7126 daemon.
7127
7128 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7129 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7130
7131 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7132 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7133 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7134 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7135
7136 CHANGES WITH 183:
7137
7138 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7139 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7140 and systemd's most recent version number.
7141
7142 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7143 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7144 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7145 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7146 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
7147 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
7148
7149 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
7150 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7151 subsystems.
7152
7153 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7154 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7155 used to subscribe to events.
7156
7157 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7158 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7159 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7160 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
7161 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
7162 forked by udev rules.
7163
7164 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7165 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7166 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7167 it.
7168
7169 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
7170 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7171 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7172 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
7173 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
7174
7175 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
7176 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
7177
7178 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7179 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7180 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7181 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7182
7183 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7184 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7185 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7186 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7187 to be used as drop-in files.
7188
7189 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
7190 particular suspending and hibernating.
7191
7192 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7193 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7194 about this in more detail.
7195
7196 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
7197 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
7198 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7199 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7200 from git history and add them downstream.
7201
7202 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7203 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
7204 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
7205 units.
7206
7207 * All smaller setup units (such as
7208 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7209 are run in a container and are skipped when
7210 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7211 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7212
7213 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7214 integrated, for details see:
7215 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
7216
7217 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7218 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7219 messages.
7220
7221 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7222 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
7223 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7224 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7225 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7226
7227 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7228 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7229 for all units started by PID 1.
7230
7231 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7232 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7233 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7234
7235 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7236 of PID 1 anymore.
7237
7238 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7239 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
7240 have not been read by systemd yet.
7241
7242 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7243 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7244 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7245 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7246 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7247 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7248
7249 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7250 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7251
7252 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7253
7254 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7255 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7256 so sexy.
7257
7258 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7259 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7260 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7261 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7262 patterns.
7263
7264 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7265 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7266 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7267 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7268
7269 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7270 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7271
7272 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7273 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7274 in systemd now.
7275
7276 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7277 ID on the command line.
7278
7279 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7280 for an init system.
7281
7282 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7283 vt100.
7284
7285 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7286
7287 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7288 components now have directories of their own.
7289
7290 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7291
7292 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7293 container in other hierarchies.
7294
7295 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7296 system.conf.
7297
7298 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7299
7300 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7301 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7302
7303 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7304 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7305
7306 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7307 locally generated journal files.
7308
7309 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7310
7311 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7312
7313 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7314 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7315 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7316 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7317 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7318 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7319 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7320 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7321 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7322 Gundersen
7323
7324 CHANGES WITH 44:
7325
7326 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7327
7328 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7329 KVM or container configured UUID.
7330
7331 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7332
7333 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7334
7335 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7336 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7337
7338 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7339
7340 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7341 folks
7342
7343 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7344 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7345 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7346
7347 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7348 configuration
7349
7350 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7351 free fashion
7352
7353 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7354 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7355 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7356 automatically generated data.
7357
7358 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7359 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7360 however.
7361
7362 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7363 tarball.
7364
7365 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7366 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7367 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7368 Reding
7369
7370 CHANGES WITH 43:
7371
7372 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7373
7374 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7375
7376 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7377
7378 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7379 normal user logins.
7380
7381 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7382 Biebl
7383
7384 CHANGES WITH 42:
7385
7386 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7387
7388 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7389 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7390 xsltproc.
7391
7392 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7393 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7394 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7395
7396 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7397 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7398 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7399
7400 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7401
7402 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7403 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7404 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7405
7406 CHANGES WITH 41:
7407
7408 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7409 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7410 package update.
7411
7412 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7413 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7414 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7415
7416 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7417 complete.
7418
7419 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7420 understood to set system wide environment variables
7421 dynamically at boot.
7422
7423 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7424
7425 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7426 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7427 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7428 files.
7429
7430 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7431 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7432 William Douglas
7433
7434 CHANGES WITH 40:
7435
7436 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7437
7438 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7439 "Result" D-Bus property.
7440
7441 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7442 the next few releases.)
7443
7444 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7445 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7446 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7447 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7448
7449 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7450 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7451 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7452
7453 CHANGES WITH 39:
7454
7455 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7456 bugfixes.
7457
7458 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7459 resource usage.
7460
7461 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7462 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7463 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7464 journals by the respective users.
7465
7466 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7467 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7468 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7469
7470 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7471 client for all entries.
7472
7473 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7474
7475 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7476 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7477
7478 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7479 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7480 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7481 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7482
7483 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7484 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7485 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7486
7487 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7488 journal along with meta data.
7489
7490 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7491 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7492 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7493
7494 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7495 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7496 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7497
7498 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7499
7500 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7501 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7502 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7503 or fsck.
7504
7505 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7506 requested with new -k switch.
7507
7508 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7509 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7510
7511 CHANGES WITH 38:
7512
7513 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7514 bugfixes.
7515
7516 * The git repository moved to:
7517 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7518 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7519
7520 * First release with the journal
7521 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7522
7523 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7524 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7525
7526 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7527
7528 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7529
7530 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7531 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7532 remote mounts.
7533
7534 * Added Mageia support
7535
7536 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7537
7538 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7539 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7540 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7541 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7542 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7543
7544 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7545 of existing distributions.
7546
7547 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7548 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7549
7550 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7551 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7552 boot.
7553
7554 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7555
7556 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7557 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7558 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7559 among other things.
7560
7561 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7562 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7563
7564 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7565
7566 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7567 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7568 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7569
7570 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7571 restored.
7572
7573 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7574 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7575 kmod
7576
7577 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7578 of /usr/local by default.
7579
7580 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7581 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7582 in:
7583 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7584
7585 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7586 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7587 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7588 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7589 supported anyway, and bad style).
7590
7591 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7592 reloading of units together.
7593
7594 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7595 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7596 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7597 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7598 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek